Sema.h revision 9fd6b8f5a73788f288edd01fa99d434d1e6588ad
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h"
50#include <deque>
51#include <string>
52
53namespace llvm {
54  class APSInt;
55  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
56  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
57  class SmallBitVector;
58}
59
60namespace clang {
61  class ADLResult;
62  class ASTConsumer;
63  class ASTContext;
64  class ASTMutationListener;
65  class ASTReader;
66  class ASTWriter;
67  class ArrayType;
68  class AttributeList;
69  class BlockDecl;
70  class CapturedDecl;
71  class CXXBasePath;
72  class CXXBasePaths;
73  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
74  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
75  class CXXConstructorDecl;
76  class CXXConversionDecl;
77  class CXXDestructorDecl;
78  class CXXFieldCollector;
79  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
80  class CXXMethodDecl;
81  class CXXScopeSpec;
82  class CXXTemporary;
83  class CXXTryStmt;
84  class CallExpr;
85  class ClassTemplateDecl;
86  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
87  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
88  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
89  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
90  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
91  class CodeCompletionResult;
92  class Decl;
93  class DeclAccessPair;
94  class DeclContext;
95  class DeclRefExpr;
96  class DeclaratorDecl;
97  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
98  class DependentDiagnostic;
99  class DesignatedInitExpr;
100  class Designation;
101  class EnumConstantDecl;
102  class Expr;
103  class ExtVectorType;
104  class ExternalSemaSource;
105  class FormatAttr;
106  class FriendDecl;
107  class FunctionDecl;
108  class FunctionProtoType;
109  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
110  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
111  class InitListExpr;
112  class InitializationKind;
113  class InitializationSequence;
114  class InitializedEntity;
115  class IntegerLiteral;
116  class LabelStmt;
117  class LambdaExpr;
118  class LangOptions;
119  class LocalInstantiationScope;
120  class LookupResult;
121  class MacroInfo;
122  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
123  class NamedDecl;
124  class NonNullAttr;
125  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
126  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
127  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
128  class ObjCContainerDecl;
129  class ObjCImplDecl;
130  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
131  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
132  class ObjCIvarDecl;
133  template <class T> class ObjCList;
134  class ObjCMessageExpr;
135  class ObjCMethodDecl;
136  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
137  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
138  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
139  class OverloadCandidateSet;
140  class OverloadExpr;
141  class ParenListExpr;
142  class ParmVarDecl;
143  class Preprocessor;
144  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
145  class PseudoObjectExpr;
146  class QualType;
147  class StandardConversionSequence;
148  class Stmt;
149  class StringLiteral;
150  class SwitchStmt;
151  class TargetAttributesSema;
152  class TemplateArgument;
153  class TemplateArgumentList;
154  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
155  class TemplateDecl;
156  class TemplateParameterList;
157  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
158  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
159  class Token;
160  class TypeAliasDecl;
161  class TypedefDecl;
162  class TypedefNameDecl;
163  class TypeLoc;
164  class UnqualifiedId;
165  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
166  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
167  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
168  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
169  class UsingDecl;
170  class UsingShadowDecl;
171  class ValueDecl;
172  class VarDecl;
173  class VisibilityAttr;
174  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
175  class IndirectFieldDecl;
176
177namespace sema {
178  class AccessedEntity;
179  class BlockScopeInfo;
180  class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
181  class CapturingScopeInfo;
182  class CompoundScopeInfo;
183  class DelayedDiagnostic;
184  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
185  class FunctionScopeInfo;
186  class LambdaScopeInfo;
187  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
188  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
189}
190
191// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
192// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
193typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
194                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
195
196/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
197class Sema {
198  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
199  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
200  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
201
202  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
203  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
204
205  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
206  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
207
208  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
209
210  static bool
211  shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
212    // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
213    // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
214    // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
215    // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
216    // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
217    // with internal linkage.
218    return !Old->isHidden() || New->hasExternalLinkage();
219  }
220
221public:
222  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
223  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
224  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
225
226  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
227  FPOptions FPFeatures;
228
229  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
230  Preprocessor &PP;
231  ASTContext &Context;
232  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
233  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
234  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
235
236  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
237  bool CollectStats;
238
239  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
240  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
241
242  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
243  DeclContext *CurContext;
244
245  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
246  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
247  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
248
249  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
250  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
251  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
252
253  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
254  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
255  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
256
257  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
258
259  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
260  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
261
262  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
263  ///
264  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
265  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
266  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
267
268  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
269  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
270  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
271
272  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
273  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
274  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
275  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
276
277  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
278
279  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
280  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
281  ///
282  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
283  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
284  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
285  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
286
287  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
288                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
289    ExtVectorDeclsType;
290
291  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
292  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
293  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
294  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
295
296  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
297  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
298
299  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
300
301  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
302  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
303
304  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
305
306  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
307  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
308  /// same list more than once.
309  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
310
311  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
312  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
313  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
314
315  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
316  /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
317  ///
318  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
319  /// scopes, e.g.,
320  ///
321  /// \code
322  /// extern "C" void f() {
323  ///   void foo(int, int);
324  /// }
325  /// \endcode
326  ///
327  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
328  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
329  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
330  ///
331  ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
332  ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
333  ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
334  ///     for compatibility.
335  ///
336  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
337  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
338  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
339  ///     not visible.
340  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
341
342  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
343  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
344  findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
345
346  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
347                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
348    TentativeDefinitionsType;
349
350  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
351  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
352
353  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
354                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
355    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
356
357  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
358  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
359  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
360
361  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
362                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
363    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
364
365  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
366  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
367  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
368
369  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
370  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
371  /// exception spec.
372  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
373
374  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
375  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
376  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
377  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
378                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
379      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
380
381  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
382  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
383  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
384  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
385  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
386  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
387  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
388  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
389    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
390
391  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
392  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
393  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
394  void *OpaqueParser;
395
396  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
397    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
398    OpaqueParser = P;
399  }
400
401  class DelayedDiagnostics;
402
403  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
404    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
405    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
406  };
407  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
408  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
409
410  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
411  /// during parsing and other processing.
412  class DelayedDiagnostics {
413    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
414    /// diagnostics should go.
415    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
416
417  public:
418    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
419
420    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
421    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
422
423    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
424    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
425
426    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
427    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
428      return CurPool;
429    }
430
431    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
432    /// collected in this pool.
433    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
434      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
435      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
436      CurPool = &pool;
437      return state;
438    }
439
440    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
441    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
442    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
443    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
444      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
445    }
446
447    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
448    /// not delayed.
449    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
450      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
451      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
452      CurPool = 0;
453      return state;
454    }
455
456    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
457    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
458      assert(CurPool == NULL);
459      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
460    }
461  } DelayedDiagnostics;
462
463  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
464  class ContextRAII {
465  private:
466    Sema &S;
467    DeclContext *SavedContext;
468    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
469    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
470
471  public:
472    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
473      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
474        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
475        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
476    {
477      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
478      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
479    }
480
481    void pop() {
482      if (!SavedContext) return;
483      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
484      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
485      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
486      SavedContext = 0;
487    }
488
489    ~ContextRAII() {
490      pop();
491    }
492  };
493
494  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
495  /// a function body.
496  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
497    Sema &S;
498    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
499
500  public:
501    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
502      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
503    {
504      S.PushFunctionScope();
505      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
506    }
507
508    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
509      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
510      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
511    }
512  };
513
514  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
515  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
516  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
517  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
518
519  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
520  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
521  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
522  /// in the currently selected standard.
523  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
524
525
526  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
527  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
528
529  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
530  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
531  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
532  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
533  /// It would be best to refactor this.
534  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
535
536  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
537
538  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
539  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
540  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
541  Scope *TUScope;
542
543  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
544  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
545
546  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
547  /// standard library.
548  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
549
550  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
551  /// \<initializer_list>.
552  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
553
554  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
555  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
556
557  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
558  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
559
560  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
561  OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
562
563  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
564  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
565
566  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
567  QualType NSNumberPointer;
568
569  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
570  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
571
572  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
573  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
574
575  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
576  QualType NSStringPointer;
577
578  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
579  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
580
581  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
582  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
583
584  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
585  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
586
587  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
588  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
589
590  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
591  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
592
593  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
594  QualType QIDNSCopying;
595
596  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
597  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
598
599  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
600  /// have been declared.
601  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
602
603  /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
604  /// references to fields.  This is really a
605  bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
606
607  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
608  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
609  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
610    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
611    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
612    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
613    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
614    /// run time.
615    Unevaluated,
616
617    /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
618    /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
619    /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
620    UnevaluatedAbstract,
621
622    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
623    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
624    /// cases in a switch statment).
625    ConstantEvaluated,
626
627    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
628    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
629    /// expression at run time.
630    PotentiallyEvaluated,
631
632    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
633    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
634    /// in fact the current expression is used.
635    ///
636    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
637    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
638    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
639    /// until the default argument is used.
640    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
641  };
642
643  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
644  /// expression evaluation contexts.
645  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
646    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
647    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
648
649    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
650    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
651
652    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
653    bool IsDecltype;
654
655    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
656    /// this expression evaluation context.
657    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
658
659    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
660
661    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
662    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
663    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
664
665    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
666    /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
667    /// default function argument.
668    Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
669
670    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
671    /// within this context.
672    ///
673    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
674    /// do not have lambda expressions.
675    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle;
676
677    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
678    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
679    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
680
681    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
682    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
683    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
684
685    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
686                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
687                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
688                                      Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
689                                      bool IsDecltype)
690      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
691        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
692        LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
693
694    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
695    LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
696      assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
697      if (!LambdaMangle)
698        LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
699      return *LambdaMangle;
700    }
701
702    bool isUnevaluated() const {
703      return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
704    }
705  };
706
707  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
708  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
709
710  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
711  /// function.
712  ///
713  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
714  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
715  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
716  public:
717    enum Kind {
718      NoMemberOrDeleted,
719      Ambiguous,
720      Success
721    };
722
723  private:
724    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
725
726  public:
727    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
728      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
729    {}
730
731    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
732    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
733
734    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
735    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
736  };
737
738  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
739  /// for C++ records.
740  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
741
742  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
743  ///
744  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
745  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
746  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
747  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
748  /// checks.
749  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
750
751  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
752
753  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
754  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
755
756  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
757    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
758
759  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
760  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
761  ///
762  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
763  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
764  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
765  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
766  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
767
768  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
769  // argument locations.
770  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
771
772  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
773  /// definition in this translation unit.
774  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
775
776  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
777  void getUndefinedButUsed(
778    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
779
780  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
781  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
782
783  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
784  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
785  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
786  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
787  /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
788  /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
789  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
790
791  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
792  /// of -Wselector.
793  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
794
795  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
796  enum CXXSpecialMember {
797    CXXDefaultConstructor,
798    CXXCopyConstructor,
799    CXXMoveConstructor,
800    CXXCopyAssignment,
801    CXXMoveAssignment,
802    CXXDestructor,
803    CXXInvalid
804  };
805
806  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
807
808  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
809  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
810  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
811  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
812
813  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
814
815  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
816  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
817
818  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
819  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
820  /// should not be used elsewhere.
821  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
822
823  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
824  /// statements.
825  class FPContractStateRAII {
826  public:
827    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
828      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
829    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
830      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
831    }
832  private:
833    Sema& S;
834    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
835  };
836
837  typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo
838    InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
839
840public:
841  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
842       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
843       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
844  ~Sema();
845
846  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
847  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
848  void Initialize();
849
850  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
851  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
852  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
853
854  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
855  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
856  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
857  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
858  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
859  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
860  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
861  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
862
863  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
864  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
865  ///
866  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
867  ///
868  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
869
870  void PrintStats() const;
871
872  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
873  /// template instantiation stacks.
874  ///
875  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
876  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
877  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
878  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
879  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
880  /// well.
881  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
882    Sema &SemaRef;
883    unsigned DiagID;
884
885  public:
886    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
887      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
888
889    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
890      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
891      if (!isActive()) return;
892
893      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
894      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
895      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
896      //
897      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
898      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
899      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
900      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
901      // eliminate that code.
902      FlushCounts();
903      Clear();
904
905      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
906      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
907    }
908  };
909
910  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
911  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
912    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
913    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
914  }
915
916  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
917  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
918
919  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
920  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
921
922  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
923
924  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
925  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
926  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
927
928  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
929  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
930  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
931
932  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
933
934  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
935
936  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
937
938  void PushFunctionScope();
939  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
940  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
941  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
942                               RecordDecl *RD,
943                               CapturedRegionKind K);
944  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
945                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
946
947  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
948    return FunctionScopes.back();
949  }
950
951  void PushCompoundScope();
952  void PopCompoundScope();
953
954  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
955
956  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
957
958  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
959  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
960
961  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
962  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
963
964  /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
965  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
966
967  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
968  SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
969
970  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
971
972  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
973  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
974  //
975
976  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
977                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
978  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
979                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
980  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
981                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
982  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
983                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
984  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
985                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
986                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
987  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
988                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
989
990  /// \brief Build a function type.
991  ///
992  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
993  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
994  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
995  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
996  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
997  ///
998  /// \param T The return type of the function.
999  ///
1000  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1001  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1002  /// function parameters.
1003  ///
1004  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1005  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1006  /// type that will have function type.
1007  ///
1008  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1009  /// type, if known.
1010  ///
1011  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1012  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1013  ///
1014  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1015  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1016  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1017  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1018                             llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1019                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1020                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1021
1022  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1023                                  SourceLocation Loc,
1024                                  DeclarationName Entity);
1025  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1026                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1027  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1028  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1029
1030  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1031  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1032  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1033                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1034
1035  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1036  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1037  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1038  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1039  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
1040  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1041  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1042                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1043  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1044  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1045  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1046  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1047      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1048      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1049  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1050      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1051      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1052      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1053      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
1054      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
1055      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1056      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1057  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1058      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1059      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1060      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1061  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1062      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1063      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1064
1065  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1066
1067  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1068  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1069  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1070
1071  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1072  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1073    bool Suppressed;
1074
1075    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1076
1077    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1078    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1079  };
1080
1081  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1082  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1083  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1084  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1085  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1086  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1087  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1088    return II;
1089  }
1090  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1091  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1092  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1093  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1094  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1095  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1096
1097  template<typename T1>
1098  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1099    unsigned DiagID;
1100    const T1 &Arg1;
1101
1102  public:
1103    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1104      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1105    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1106      if (Suppressed) return;
1107      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1108    }
1109
1110    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1111  };
1112
1113  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1114  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1115    unsigned DiagID;
1116    const T1 &Arg1;
1117    const T2 &Arg2;
1118
1119  public:
1120    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1121                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1122      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1123        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1124
1125    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1126      if (Suppressed) return;
1127      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1128    }
1129
1130    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1131  };
1132
1133  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1134  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1135    unsigned DiagID;
1136    const T1 &Arg1;
1137    const T2 &Arg2;
1138    const T3 &Arg3;
1139
1140  public:
1141    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1142                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1143    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1144      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1145
1146    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1147      if (Suppressed) return;
1148      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1149        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1150    }
1151
1152    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1153  };
1154
1155  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1156                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1157  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1158                           unsigned DiagID);
1159
1160  template<typename T1>
1161  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1162                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1163    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1164    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1165  }
1166
1167  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1168  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1169                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1170    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1171    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1172  }
1173
1174  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1175  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1176                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1177                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1178    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1179                                                        Arg3);
1180    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1181  }
1182
1183  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1184  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1185
1186  template<typename T1>
1187  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1188    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1189    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1190  }
1191
1192  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1193  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1194                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1195    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1196    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1197  }
1198
1199  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1200  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1201                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1202    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1203                                                        Arg3);
1204    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1205  }
1206
1207  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1208                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1209  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1210
1211  template<typename T1>
1212  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1213                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1214    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1215    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1216  }
1217
1218  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1219  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1220                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1221    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1222    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1223  }
1224
1225  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1226  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1227                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1228                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1229    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1230                                                        Arg3);
1231    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1232  }
1233
1234  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1235                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1236
1237  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1238  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1239  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1240                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1241                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1242
1243  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1244  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1245  //
1246
1247  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1248  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1249  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1250  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1251  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1252  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1253  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1254  /// such as:
1255  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1256  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1257
1258  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1259
1260  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1261
1262  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1263
1264  ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1265                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1266                         bool isClassName = false,
1267                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1268                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1269                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1270                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1271                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1272  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1273  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1274  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1275                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1276                               Scope *S,
1277                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1278                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1279
1280  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1281  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1282  enum NameClassificationKind {
1283    NC_Unknown,
1284    NC_Error,
1285    NC_Keyword,
1286    NC_Type,
1287    NC_Expression,
1288    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1289    NC_TypeTemplate,
1290    NC_FunctionTemplate
1291  };
1292
1293  class NameClassification {
1294    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1295    ExprResult Expr;
1296    TemplateName Template;
1297    ParsedType Type;
1298    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1299
1300    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1301
1302  public:
1303    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1304
1305    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1306
1307    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1308      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1309
1310    static NameClassification Error() {
1311      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1312    }
1313
1314    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1315      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1316    }
1317
1318    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1319      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1320    }
1321
1322    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1323      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1324      Result.Template = Name;
1325      return Result;
1326    }
1327
1328    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1329      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1330      Result.Template = Name;
1331      return Result;
1332    }
1333
1334    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1335
1336    ParsedType getType() const {
1337      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1338      return Type;
1339    }
1340
1341    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1342      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1343      return Expr;
1344    }
1345
1346    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1347      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1348      return Template;
1349    }
1350
1351    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1352      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1353      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
1354    }
1355  };
1356
1357  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1358  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1359  ///
1360  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1361  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1362  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1363  ///
1364  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1365  ///
1366  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1367  ///
1368  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1369  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1370  ///
1371  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1372  ///
1373  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1374  /// disambiguate the name.
1375  ///
1376  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1377  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1378  ///        expression.
1379  ///
1380  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1381  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1382                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1383                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1384                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1385                                  const Token &NextToken,
1386                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1387                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1388
1389  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1390
1391  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1392                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1393  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
1394                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
1395                                        Scope *S);
1396  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1397  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1398                                    DeclarationName Name,
1399                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1400  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1401  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1402  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1403  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1404  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1405  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1406                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1407                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1408  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1409                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1410  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1411                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1412                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1413                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1414  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1415  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1416  void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1417  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1418  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1419  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1420  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1421  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1422                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1423                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1424                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1425                                     bool &AddToScope);
1426  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1427  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1428
1429  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1430  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1431
1432  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1433  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1434  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1435                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1436                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1437  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1438  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1439  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1440                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1441                                          QualType T);
1442  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1443                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1444                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1445                              StorageClass SC);
1446  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1447                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1448                                 Expr *defarg);
1449  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1450                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1451                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1452  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1453  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1454                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1455
1456  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1457                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1458  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1459  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1460  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1461  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1462  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1463  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1464  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1465                                         Decl **Group,
1466                                         unsigned NumDecls);
1467  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
1468                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1469
1470  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1471  /// documentation comments.
1472  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1473  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls);
1474
1475  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1476                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1477  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1478  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1479  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1480  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1481  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1482    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1483  }
1484
1485  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1486  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1487  /// code for that function.
1488  ///
1489  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1490  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1491  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1492  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1493
1494  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1495  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1496  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1497  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1498
1499  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1500  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1501  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1502
1503  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1504  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1505  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1506                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1507
1508  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1509  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1510  /// specified threshold.
1511  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1512                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1513                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1514                                              NamedDecl *D);
1515
1516  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1517  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1518                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1519                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1520
1521  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1522  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1523                              AttributeList *AttrList,
1524                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1525
1526  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1527  ///
1528  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1529  ///
1530  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1531  ///
1532  /// \param Path The module access path.
1533  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1534                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1535
1536  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1537  /// source location.
1538  ///
1539  /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found
1540  /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but
1541  /// the user has forgotten to import.
1542  void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod);
1543
1544  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1545  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1546    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1547  }
1548
1549  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1550  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1551                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1552
1553  /// Scope actions.
1554  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1555  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1556
1557  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1558                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1559  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1560                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1561                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1562                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1563
1564  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1565                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1566                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1567
1568  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1569                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1570
1571  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1572                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1573                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1574                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1575
1576  enum TagUseKind {
1577    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1578    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1579    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1580    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1581  };
1582
1583  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1584                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1585                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1586                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1587                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1588                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1589                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1590                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1591                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1592
1593  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1594                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1595                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1596                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1597                                AttributeList *Attr,
1598                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1599
1600  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1601                               unsigned TagSpec,
1602                               TagUseKind TUK,
1603                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1604                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1605                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1606                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1607
1608  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1609                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1610                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1611  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1612                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1613
1614  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1615                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1616                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1617                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1618  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1619                                   SourceLocation DeclStart,
1620                                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1621                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1622                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
1623                                   AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1624
1625  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1626                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1627                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1628                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1629                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1630                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1631                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1632                            Declarator *D = 0);
1633
1634  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1635  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1636  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1637                              bool Diagnose = false);
1638  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1639  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1640                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1641  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1642                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1643                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1644
1645  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1646  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1647                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1648                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1649                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1650
1651  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1652  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1653  /// struct, or union).
1654  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1655
1656  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1657
1658  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1659  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1660  /// member declarations.
1661  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1662                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1663                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1664
1665  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1666  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1667  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1668                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1669
1670  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1671
1672  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1673  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1674  ///
1675  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1676  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1677  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1678
1679  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1680  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1681  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1682
1683  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1684                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1685                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1686                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1687                                      Expr *val);
1688  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1689  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1690                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1691
1692  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1693                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1694                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1695                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1696  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1697                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1698                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1699                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1700
1701  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1702
1703  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1704  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1705  void PopDeclContext();
1706
1707  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1708  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1709  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1710  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1711
1712  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1713  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1714  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1715
1716  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1717
1718  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1719  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1720  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1721  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1722
1723  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1724  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1725  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1726  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1727
1728  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1729  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1730  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1731  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1732
1733  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1734  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1735
1736  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1737  /// top level scope.
1738  ///
1739  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1740  ///
1741  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1742  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1743
1744  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1745  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1746  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1747  ///
1748  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1749  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1750  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1751  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1752                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1753
1754  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1755  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1756  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1757
1758  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1759  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1760                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1761  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1762
1763  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1764  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1765                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1766                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1767                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1768                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1769                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1770                                          StringRef Message,
1771                                          bool Override,
1772                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1773  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1774                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1775                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1776  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1777                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1778                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1779  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1780                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1781  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1782                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1783  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
1784                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg,
1785                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1786  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1787                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1788
1789  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1790  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1791  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1792    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1793    AMK_None,
1794    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1795    /// an exact match.
1796    AMK_Redeclaration,
1797    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1798    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1799    AMK_Override
1800  };
1801
1802  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1803                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1804  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1805  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1806  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1807                                    Scope *S);
1808  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1809  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls,
1810                    bool OldDeclsWereHidden);
1811  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden);
1812  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1813  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1814
1815  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1816  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1817  enum AssignmentAction {
1818    AA_Assigning,
1819    AA_Passing,
1820    AA_Returning,
1821    AA_Converting,
1822    AA_Initializing,
1823    AA_Sending,
1824    AA_Casting
1825  };
1826
1827  /// C++ Overloading.
1828  enum OverloadKind {
1829    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1830    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1831    Ovl_Overload,
1832
1833    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1834    /// an existing declaration.
1835    Ovl_Match,
1836
1837    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1838    /// non-function.
1839    Ovl_NonFunction
1840  };
1841  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1842                             FunctionDecl *New,
1843                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1844                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1845                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1846  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1847
1848  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1849  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1850  ///
1851  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1852  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1853  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1854
1855  ImplicitConversionSequence
1856  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1857                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1858                        bool AllowExplicit,
1859                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1860                        bool CStyle,
1861                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1862
1863  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1864  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1865  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1866  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1867                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1868                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1869  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1870                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1871  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1872                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1873  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1874                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1875  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1876                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1877                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1878  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1879                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1880
1881  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1882  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1883                              CastKind &Kind,
1884                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1885                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1886  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1887                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1888                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1889  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1890                                    CastKind &Kind,
1891                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1892                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1893  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1894                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1895  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1896                            QualType &ResultTy);
1897  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1898  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
1899
1900  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1901                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1902                                             QualType ResultType,
1903                                             Expr *Value,
1904                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1905
1906  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1907                                    ExprResult Init);
1908  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1909                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1910                                       ExprResult Init,
1911                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1912                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1913  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1914                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1915                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1916                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1917
1918  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1919  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1920
1921  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1922  enum CCEKind {
1923    CCEK_CaseValue,  ///< Expression in a case label.
1924    CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1925    CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1926  };
1927  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1928                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1929
1930  /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while
1931  /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type.
1932  class ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1933  public:
1934    bool Suppress;
1935    bool SuppressConversion;
1936
1937    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false,
1938                        bool SuppressConversion = false)
1939      : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { }
1940
1941    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
1942    /// integral or enumeration type.
1943    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1944                                             QualType T) = 0;
1945
1946    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
1947    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1948                                                 QualType T) = 0;
1949
1950    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
1951    /// is explicit.
1952    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1953                                                   QualType T,
1954                                                   QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1955
1956    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
1957    virtual DiagnosticBuilder
1958    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1959
1960    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
1961    /// functions.
1962    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1963                                                QualType T) = 0;
1964
1965    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
1966    virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
1967                                            QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1968
1969    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
1970    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
1971    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1972                                                 QualType T,
1973                                                 QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1974
1975    virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {}
1976  };
1977
1978  ExprResult
1979  ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE,
1980                                     ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
1981                                     bool AllowScopedEnumerations);
1982
1983  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
1984    OS_Array,
1985    OS_Dictionary,
1986    OS_Error
1987  };
1988  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
1989
1990  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
1991  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
1992  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
1993    LK_Array,
1994    LK_Dictionary,
1995    LK_Numeric,
1996    LK_Boxed,
1997    LK_String,
1998    LK_Block,
1999    LK_None
2000  };
2001  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2002
2003  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2004                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2005                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2006                                           NamedDecl *Member);
2007
2008  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2009  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2010  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2011  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2012
2013  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2014                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2015                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2016                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2017                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2018                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
2019                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
2020  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2021                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2022                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2023                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2024                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2025  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2026                          QualType ObjectType,
2027                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2028                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2029                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2030                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2031  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2032                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2033                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2034                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2035                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2036                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2037                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2038  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2039                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2040                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2041                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2042                                  QualType ObjectType,
2043                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2044                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2045                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2046                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2047  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2048                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2049                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2050                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2051                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2052                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2053  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2054                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2055                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2056                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2057                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2058  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2059                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2060                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2061                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2062                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
2063  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2064                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2065                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2066                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2067                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2068                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2069  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2070                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
2071                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2072                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2073                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2074  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2075                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2076                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2077                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2078                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2079  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2080                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
2081                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2082                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2083  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2084                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
2085                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2086                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2087                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2088                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
2089
2090  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2091  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2092
2093  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2094  // identified by the expression Expr
2095  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2096
2097  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2098  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2099  // R (A) --> R(A)
2100  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2101  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2102  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2103  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2104
2105  FunctionDecl *
2106  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2107                                     QualType TargetType,
2108                                     bool Complain,
2109                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
2110                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
2111
2112  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2113                                                   bool Complain = false,
2114                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
2115
2116  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2117                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2118                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2119                      bool Complain = false,
2120                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2121                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2122                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2123
2124
2125  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2126                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2127                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2128  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2129                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2130                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2131
2132  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2133                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2134                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2135                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2136
2137  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2138  // range-based for loop.
2139  enum ForRangeStatus {
2140    FRS_Success,
2141    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2142    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2143  };
2144
2145  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2146  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2147  enum BeginEndFunction {
2148    BEF_begin,
2149    BEF_end
2150  };
2151
2152  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2153                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2154                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2155                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2156                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2157                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2158                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2159                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2160
2161  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2162                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2163                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2164                                     Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2165                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2166                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2167                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2168
2169  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2170                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2171                              SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2172                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2173                              ExprResult *Result);
2174
2175  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2176                                     unsigned Opc,
2177                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2178                                     Expr *input);
2179
2180  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2181                                   unsigned Opc,
2182                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2183                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2184
2185  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2186                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2187                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2188
2189  ExprResult
2190  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2191                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
2192                            unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2193  ExprResult
2194  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2195                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2196                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2197
2198  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2199                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
2200
2201  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2202  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2203  /// that best represents the call.
2204  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2205                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2206
2207  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2208  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
2209                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2210  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2211  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2212  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2213
2214  /// \name Name lookup
2215  ///
2216  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2217  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2218  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2219  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2220  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2221  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2222  ///
2223  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2224  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2225  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2226  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2227  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2228  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2229  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2230  ///
2231  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2232  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2233  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2234  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2235  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2236  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2237  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2238  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2239  //@{
2240
2241  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2242  enum LookupNameKind {
2243    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2244    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2245    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2246    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2247    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2248    /// structs, and unions.
2249    LookupTagName,
2250    /// Label name lookup.
2251    LookupLabel,
2252    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2253    /// class/struct/union members.
2254    LookupMemberName,
2255    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2256    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2257    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2258    LookupOperatorName,
2259    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2260    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2261    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2262    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2263    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2264    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2265    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2266    LookupNamespaceName,
2267    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2268    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2269    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2270    LookupUsingDeclName,
2271    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2272    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2273    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2274    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2275    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2276    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2277    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2278    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2279    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2280    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2281    LookupAnyName
2282  };
2283
2284  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2285  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2286  enum RedeclarationKind {
2287    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2288    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2289    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2290    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2291    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2292    ForRedeclaration
2293  };
2294
2295  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2296  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2297    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2298    LOLR_Error,
2299    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2300    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2301    LOLR_Cooked,
2302    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2303    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2304    LOLR_Raw,
2305    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2306    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2307    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2308    LOLR_Template
2309  };
2310
2311  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2312                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2313                                                   bool ConstArg,
2314                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2315                                                   bool RValueThis,
2316                                                   bool ConstThis,
2317                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2318
2319private:
2320  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2321
2322  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2323  //
2324  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2325  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2326  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2327
2328  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2329  /// source.
2330  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2331
2332public:
2333  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2334  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2335  ///
2336  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2337  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2338  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2339                              SourceLocation Loc,
2340                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2341                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2342                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2343  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2344                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2345  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2346                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2347  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2348                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2349                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2350  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2351                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2352                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2353
2354  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2355                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2356                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2357
2358  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2359                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2360
2361  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2362  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2363  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2364                                               unsigned Quals);
2365  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2366                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2367  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2368                                              unsigned Quals);
2369  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2370                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2371  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2372
2373  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2374                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2375                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2376  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2377
2378  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2379                               SourceLocation Loc,
2380                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2381                               ADLResult &Functions);
2382
2383  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2384                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2385                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2386  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2387                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2388                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2389
2390  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2391                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2392                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2393                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2394                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2395                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2396                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2397
2398  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2399                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2400                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2401                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2402
2403  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2404                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2405                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2406
2407  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2408  //@}
2409
2410  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2411                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2412                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2413  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2414                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2415                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2416  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2417                                      Scope *S);
2418  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2419
2420  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2421
2422  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2423  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2424  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
2425                             bool NonInheritable = true,
2426                             bool Inheritable = true);
2427  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2428                                bool NonInheritable = true,
2429                                bool Inheritable = true,
2430                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2431  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2432                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2433
2434  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2435
2436  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2437  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2438                            const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
2439  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2440  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2441
2442  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2443  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2444                                   SourceRange Range);
2445
2446  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2447                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2448  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2449                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2450                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2451
2452  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2453                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2454                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2455
2456  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2457  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2458  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2459                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2460                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2461
2462  bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
2463                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2464
2465  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2466  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2467
2468  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2469  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2470  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2471                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2472                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2473                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2474                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2475                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2476
2477  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2478  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2479  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2480                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2481                                SourceLocation Loc);
2482
2483  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2484  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2485  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2486                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2487                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2488
2489  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2490  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2491  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2492                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2493
2494  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2495  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2496  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2497                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2498  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2499
2500  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2501  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2502  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2503            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2504            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2505
2506  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2507  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2508  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2509  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2510                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2511
2512  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2513  /// class extensions.
2514  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2515                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
2516                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2517                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
2518                      Selector GetterSel,
2519                      Selector SetterSel,
2520                      const bool isAssign,
2521                      const bool isReadWrite,
2522                      const unsigned Attributes,
2523                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2524                      bool *isOverridingProperty,
2525                      TypeSourceInfo *T,
2526                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2527
2528  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2529  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2530  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2531                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2532                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2533                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2534                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2535                                       Selector GetterSel,
2536                                       Selector SetterSel,
2537                                       const bool isAssign,
2538                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2539                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2540                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2541                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2542                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2543                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2544
2545  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2546  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2547  /// setter or getter.
2548  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2549                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2550
2551  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2552
2553  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2554
2555  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2556    MMS_loose,
2557    MMS_strict
2558  };
2559
2560  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2561  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2562  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2563                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2564                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2565
2566  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2567  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2568  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2569                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2570                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2571                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2572                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2573                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2574                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2575                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2576                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2577
2578  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2579  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2580  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2581  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2582
2583  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2584  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2585
2586private:
2587  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2588  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2589  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2590
2591  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2592  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2593  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2594                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2595                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2596
2597public:
2598  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2599  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2600  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2601  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2602  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2603    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2604  }
2605
2606  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2607  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2608    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2609  }
2610
2611  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2612  /// pool.
2613  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2614
2615  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2616  /// there are multiple signatures.
2617  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2618                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2619                                                   bool warn=true) {
2620    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2621                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2622  }
2623
2624  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2625  /// there are multiple signatures.
2626  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2627                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2628                                                  bool warn=true) {
2629    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2630                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2631  }
2632
2633  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2634  /// implementation.
2635  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2636
2637  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2638  /// initialization.
2639  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2640                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2641
2642  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2643  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2644public:
2645  class FullExprArg {
2646  public:
2647    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2648
2649    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2650    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2651    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2652    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2653
2654    ExprResult release() {
2655      return E;
2656    }
2657
2658    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2659
2660    Expr *operator->() {
2661      return E;
2662    }
2663
2664  private:
2665    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2666    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2667    friend class Sema;
2668
2669    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2670
2671    Expr *E;
2672  };
2673
2674  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2675    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2676  }
2677  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2678    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2679  }
2680  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2681    ExprResult FE =
2682      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2683                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2684    return FullExprArg(FE.release());
2685  }
2686
2687  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2688  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2689
2690  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2691                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2692
2693  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2694  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2695  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2696                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2697                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2698
2699  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2700  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2701  public:
2702    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2703      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2704    }
2705
2706    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2707      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2708    }
2709
2710  private:
2711    Sema &S;
2712  };
2713
2714  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2715                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2716                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2717  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2718  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2719  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2720                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2721                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2722  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2723
2724  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2725                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2726                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2727  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2728                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2729
2730  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2731                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2732                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2733
2734  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2735                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2736                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2737                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2738  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2739                                            Expr *Cond,
2740                                            Decl *CondVar);
2741  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2742                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2743  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2744                            FullExprArg Cond,
2745                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2746  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2747                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2748                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2749                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2750
2751  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2752                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2753                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2754                          Decl *SecondVar,
2755                          FullExprArg Third,
2756                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2757                          Stmt *Body);
2758  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2759                                           Expr *collection);
2760  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2761                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2762                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2763  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2764
2765  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2766    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2767    BFRK_Build,
2768    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2769    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2770    BFRK_Rebuild,
2771    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2772    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2773    BFRK_Check
2774  };
2775
2776  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2777                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2778                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2779                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2780  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2781                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2782                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2783                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2784                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2785                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2786                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2787  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2788
2789  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2790                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2791                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2792  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2793                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2794                                   Expr *DestExp);
2795  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2796  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2797
2798  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
2799                                CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
2800  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
2801  void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
2802  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
2803                                           SourceLocation Loc,
2804                                           unsigned NumParams);
2805  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2806                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2807
2808  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2809  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2810
2811  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2812                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2813                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2814                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2815                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2816                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2817
2818  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2819                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2820                                       UnqualifiedId &Id,
2821                                       InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
2822                                       bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
2823  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2824                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2825  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2826                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
2827                            StringRef AsmString,
2828                            unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
2829                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
2830                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
2831                            ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
2832                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
2833
2834  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2835                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2836                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2837                                  bool Invalid = false);
2838
2839  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2840
2841  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2842                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2843
2844  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2845
2846  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2847                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2848
2849  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2850  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2851                                  Scope *CurScope);
2852  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2853                                            Expr *operand);
2854  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2855                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2856                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2857
2858  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2859
2860  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2861                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2862                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2863                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2864
2865  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2866
2867  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2868                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2869  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2870                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2871
2872  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2873                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2874                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2875                              Stmt *Handler);
2876
2877  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2878                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2879                                 Stmt *Block);
2880
2881  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2882                                  Stmt *Block);
2883
2884  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2885
2886  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2887
2888  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2889  /// of it.
2890  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2891
2892  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2893  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2894  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2895  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2896
2897  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2898  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2899  ///
2900  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2901  ///     if (condition);
2902  ///       do_stuff();
2903  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2904                             const Stmt *Body,
2905                             unsigned DiagID);
2906
2907  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
2908  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
2909  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
2910                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
2911
2912  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
2913    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
2914  }
2915  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
2916
2917  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
2918  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
2919    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
2920  }
2921  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
2922    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
2923  }
2924
2925  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
2926
2927  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
2928                              SourceLocation Loc,
2929                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
2930                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
2931
2932  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
2933
2934  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
2935                                     StringRef message);
2936
2937  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2938  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
2939
2940  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
2941  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2942                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
2943  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
2944  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
2945  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
2946                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
2947                                        SourceLocation Loc);
2948  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2949                             Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
2950
2951  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2952                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
2953                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2954  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
2955  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2956                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
2957                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2958  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
2959
2960  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
2961
2962  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
2963  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
2964
2965  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
2966
2967  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
2968  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
2969  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
2970  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
2971  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
2972  // named expressions.
2973  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
2974  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
2975  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
2976  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
2977  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
2978
2979  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
2980  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
2981
2982  enum TryCaptureKind {
2983    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
2984  };
2985
2986  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2987  ///
2988  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
2989  ///
2990  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
2991  ///
2992  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
2993  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
2994  ///
2995  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
2996  /// an explicit lambda capture.
2997  ///
2998  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
2999  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3000  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3001  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3002  ///
3003  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3004  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3005  /// variable can be captured.
3006  ///
3007  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3008  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3009  /// captured.
3010  ///
3011  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3012  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3013  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3014                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3015                          QualType &CaptureType,
3016                          QualType &DeclRefType);
3017
3018  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3019  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3020                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3021                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3022
3023  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3024  /// variable will have in the given scope.
3025  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3026
3027  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3028  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3029                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3030
3031  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3032  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3033  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3034  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3035                            bool ForceComplain = false,
3036                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
3037
3038  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3039  bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3040                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3041
3042  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3043  /// evaluation context.
3044  ///
3045  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3046  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3047  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3048  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3049  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3050                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3051
3052  // Primary Expressions.
3053  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3054
3055  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3056                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3057                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
3058                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3059                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
3060
3061  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3062                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3063                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3064                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3065
3066  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3067                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3068                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
3069                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>());
3070
3071  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3072                                IdentifierInfo *II,
3073                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3074
3075  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3076                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3077                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3078                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
3079                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3080
3081  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3082                              ExprValueKind VK,
3083                              SourceLocation Loc,
3084                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
3085  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3086                              ExprValueKind VK,
3087                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3088                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
3089                              NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3090  ExprResult
3091  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3092                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
3093                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3094                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
3095                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3096  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3097                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3098                                             LookupResult &R,
3099                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3100  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3101                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3102                                     LookupResult &R,
3103                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3104                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3105  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3106                                  const LookupResult &R,
3107                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
3108
3109  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3110                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3111                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
3112  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3113                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3114                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3115                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3116
3117  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3118                                      LookupResult &R,
3119                                      bool NeedsADL);
3120  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3121                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3122                                      NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3123
3124  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3125                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3126                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
3127                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3128                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
3129
3130  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3131  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3132  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3133  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3134  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3135  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3136                                SourceLocation R,
3137                                MultiExprArg Val);
3138
3139  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3140  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3141  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
3142                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3143
3144  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3145                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3146                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3147                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
3148                                       MultiTypeArg ArgTypes,
3149                                       MultiExprArg ArgExprs);
3150  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3151                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3152                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3153                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3154                                        TypeSourceInfo **Types,
3155                                        Expr **Exprs,
3156                                        unsigned NumAssocs);
3157
3158  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3159  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3160                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3161  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3162                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3163  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3164                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3165
3166  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3167                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3168                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3169                                            SourceRange R);
3170  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3171                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3172  ExprResult
3173    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3174                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3175                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3176                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3177
3178  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3179  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3180
3181  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3182  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3183                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3184                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3185  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3186                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3187                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3188                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3189                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3190  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3191                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3192
3193  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3194                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3195  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3196                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3197
3198  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3199                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3200                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3201                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3202                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3203                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3204                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3205
3206  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3207  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3208  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3209  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3210  // defines a custom operator->).
3211  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3212    Scope *S;
3213    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3214    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3215    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3216  };
3217
3218  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3219                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3220                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3221                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3222                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3223                                      LookupResult &R,
3224                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3225                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3226                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3227
3228  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3229  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3230                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3231                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3232                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3233                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3234
3235  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3236                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3237                                     const LookupResult &R);
3238
3239  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3240                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3241                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3242                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3243                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3244                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3245                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3246
3247  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3248                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3249                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3250                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3251                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3252                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3253                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3254                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3255
3256  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3257  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3258                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3259                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3260                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3261                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3262                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3263  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3264                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3265                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3266
3267  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3268  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3269  /// locations.
3270  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3271                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3272                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3273  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3274                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3275                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3276                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3277                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3278                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3279
3280  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3281                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3282                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3283
3284  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3285                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3286                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3287  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3288                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3289                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3290                                 Expr *Op);
3291  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3292
3293  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3294  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3295                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3296                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3297
3298  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3299
3300  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3301                                  ParsedType Ty,
3302                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3303                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3304
3305  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3306                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3307                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3308                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3309
3310  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3311                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3312                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3313
3314  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3315                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3316                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3317                                        ExprResult Init);
3318
3319  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3320                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3321  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3322                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3323  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3324                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3325
3326  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3327  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3328  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3329                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3330                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3331
3332  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3333  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3334                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3335
3336  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3337  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3338                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3339  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3340
3341  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3342  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3343    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3344    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3345    union {
3346      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3347      Expr *E;
3348    } U;
3349  };
3350
3351  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3352  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3353                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3354                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3355                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3356                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3357  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3358                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3359                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3360                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3361                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3362                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3363                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3364
3365  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3366  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3367                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3368                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3369
3370  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3371  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3372                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3373  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3374                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3375
3376  // __null
3377  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3378
3379  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3380
3381  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3382  enum IfExistsResult {
3383    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3384    IER_Exists,
3385
3386    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3387    IER_DoesNotExist,
3388
3389    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3390    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3391    IER_Dependent,
3392
3393    /// \brief An error occurred.
3394    IER_Error
3395  };
3396
3397  IfExistsResult
3398  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3399                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3400
3401  IfExistsResult
3402  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3403                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3404                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3405
3406  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3407                                        bool IsIfExists,
3408                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3409                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3410                                        Stmt *Nested);
3411  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3412                                        bool IsIfExists,
3413                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3414                                        Stmt *Nested);
3415
3416  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3417
3418  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3419  /// started.
3420  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3421
3422  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3423  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3424  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3425                           Scope *CurScope);
3426
3427  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3428  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3429  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3430
3431  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3432  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3433  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3434                                Scope *CurScope);
3435
3436  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3437
3438  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3439  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3440                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3441                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3442
3443  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3444
3445  // Act on C++ namespaces
3446  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3447                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3448                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3449                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3450                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3451                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3452  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3453
3454  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3455  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3456
3457  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3458
3459  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3460  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3461  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3462
3463  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3464  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3465  ///
3466  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3467  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3468
3469  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3470  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3471  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3472
3473  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3474                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3475                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3476                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3477                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3478                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3479                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3480
3481  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3482
3483  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3484                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3485                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3486                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3487                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3488                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3489                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3490
3491  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3492  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3493                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3494  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3495                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3496
3497  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3498                                   bool isTypeName,
3499                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3500                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3501                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3502  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3503                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3504                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3505
3506  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3507                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3508                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3509                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3510                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3511                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3512                                   bool IsTypeName,
3513                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3514
3515  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3516
3517  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3518                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3519                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3520                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3521                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3522                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3523                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3524                              bool IsTypeName,
3525                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3526  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3527                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3528                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3529                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3530                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3531                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3532                              TypeResult Type);
3533
3534  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3535  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3536  ///
3537  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3538  ExprResult
3539  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3540                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3541                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3542                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3543                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3544
3545  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3546  // the constructor can be elidable?
3547  ExprResult
3548  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3549                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3550                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3551                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3552                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3553
3554  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3555  /// the default expr if needed.
3556  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3557                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3558                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3559
3560  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3561  /// constructed variable.
3562  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3563
3564  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3565  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3566  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3567    // Pointer to allow copying
3568    Sema *Self;
3569    // We order exception specifications thus:
3570    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3571    // throw() comes next.
3572    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3573    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3574    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3575    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3576    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3577    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3578
3579    void ClearExceptions() {
3580      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3581      Exceptions.clear();
3582    }
3583
3584  public:
3585    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3586      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3587      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3588        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3589    }
3590
3591    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3592    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3593      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3594             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3595      return ComputedEST;
3596    }
3597
3598    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3599    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3600
3601    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3602    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3603
3604    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3605    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3606
3607    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3608    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3609
3610    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3611    /// computed exception specification.
3612    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3613      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3614      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3615        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3616        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3617      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3618        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3619        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3620        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3621        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3622        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3623                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3624      }
3625    }
3626    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3627      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3628      getEPI(EPI);
3629      return EPI;
3630    }
3631  };
3632
3633  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3634  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3635  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3636  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3637                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3638
3639  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3640  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3641  /// will be const.
3642  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3643  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3644
3645  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3646  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3647  /// parameter will be const.
3648  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3649  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3650
3651  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3652  /// constructor of a class will have.
3653  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3654  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3655
3656  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3657  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3658  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3659  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3660
3661  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3662  /// destructor of a class will have.
3663  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3664  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3665
3666  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3667  /// constructor of a class will have.
3668  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3669  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3670
3671  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3672  /// special member function.
3673  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3674
3675  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3676  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3677  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3678                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3679                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3680                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3681                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3682                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3683
3684  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3685  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3686  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3687                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3688
3689  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3690  ///
3691  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3692  /// default constructor will be added.
3693  ///
3694  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3695  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3696                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3697
3698  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3699  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3700  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3701                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3702
3703  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3704  ///
3705  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3706  /// destructor will be added.
3707  ///
3708  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3709  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3710
3711  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3712  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3713  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3714                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3715
3716  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3717  ///
3718  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3719  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3720  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3721                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3722
3723  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
3724  ///
3725  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
3726  /// constructors will be added.
3727  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3728
3729  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
3730  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
3731                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3732
3733  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3734  ///
3735  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3736  /// copy constructor will be added.
3737  ///
3738  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3739  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3740
3741  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3742  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3743  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3744                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3745
3746  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3747  ///
3748  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3749  /// move constructor will be added.
3750  ///
3751  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3752  /// declared.
3753  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3754
3755  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3756  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3757  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3758                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3759
3760  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3761  ///
3762  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3763  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3764  ///
3765  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3766  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3767
3768  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3769  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3770                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3771
3772  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3773  ///
3774  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3775  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3776  ///
3777  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3778  /// wasn't declared.
3779  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3780
3781  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3782  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3783                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3784
3785  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3786  /// class.
3787  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3788
3789  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3790  /// special member function.
3791  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3792
3793  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3794  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3795  ///
3796  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3797  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3798
3799  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3800  /// member function.
3801  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3802
3803  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3804  /// static member function.
3805  ///
3806  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3807  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3808
3809  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3810  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3811  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3812  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3813
3814  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3815                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3816                               SourceLocation Loc,
3817                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3818                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
3819                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
3820
3821  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3822                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3823                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
3824
3825  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3826                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3827                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3828                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3829                               bool EnteringContext);
3830
3831  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3832
3833  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3834  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3835                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3836
3837  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3838  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3839                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3840                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3841                               Declarator &D,
3842                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3843                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3844                               Expr *E,
3845                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3846
3847  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3848                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3849                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3850                               Expr *E,
3851                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3852                               SourceRange Parens);
3853
3854  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3855                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3856                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3857                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3858  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3859                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3860                            Expr *Operand,
3861                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3862
3863  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3864  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3865                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3866                            void *TyOrExpr,
3867                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3868
3869  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3870                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3871                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3872                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3873  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3874                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3875                            Expr *Operand,
3876                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3877
3878  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3879  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3880                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3881                            void *TyOrExpr,
3882                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3883
3884
3885  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3886  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3887
3888  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3889  ///
3890  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3891  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3892
3893  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3894  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3895  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3896  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3897
3898  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3899  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3900  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3901    Sema &S;
3902    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3903    bool Enabled;
3904
3905  public:
3906    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
3907    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
3908    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
3909    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
3910    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
3911                     bool Enabled = true);
3912
3913    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
3914  };
3915
3916  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
3917  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
3918  ///
3919  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
3920  ///
3921  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
3922  /// capture list.
3923  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
3924
3925  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
3926  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
3927  /// being defined.
3928  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
3929
3930  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
3931  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3932
3933
3934  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
3935  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3936
3937  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
3938  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
3939
3940  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
3941  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
3942  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
3943                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3944  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
3945                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3946
3947  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
3948  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
3949  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
3950  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
3951  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
3952                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3953                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3954                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3955
3956  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
3957                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3958                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3959                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3960
3961  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
3962  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3963                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3964                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3965                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3966                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
3967                         Expr *Initializer);
3968  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
3969                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3970                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3971                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3972                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
3973                         QualType AllocType,
3974                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
3975                         Expr *ArraySize,
3976                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
3977                         Expr *Initializer,
3978                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
3979
3980  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
3981                          SourceRange R);
3982  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3983                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
3984                               Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
3985                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
3986                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
3987  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3988                              DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
3989                              unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
3990                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
3991                              bool Diagnose = true);
3992  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
3993  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
3994                                       QualType Argument,
3995                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
3996
3997  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
3998                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
3999                                bool Diagnose = true);
4000
4001  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4002  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4003                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4004                            Expr *Operand);
4005
4006  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4007  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4008                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4009                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
4010
4011  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4012                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4013  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4014                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4015
4016  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4017  /// pseudo-functions.
4018  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4019                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4020                                 ParsedType Ty,
4021                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4022
4023  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4024                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4025                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
4026                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4027
4028  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4029  /// pseudo-functions.
4030  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
4031                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4032                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
4033                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
4034                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4035
4036  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
4037                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4038                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
4039                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
4040                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4041
4042  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4043  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4044                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4045                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4046  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4047                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4048                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4049
4050  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4051  /// pseudo-functions.
4052  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4053                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4054                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
4055                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4056                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4057
4058  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4059                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4060                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4061                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4062                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4063
4064  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4065  /// pseudo-functions.
4066  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4067                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4068                                  Expr *Queried,
4069                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4070
4071  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4072                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4073                                  Expr *Queried,
4074                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4075
4076  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4077                                          Expr *Base,
4078                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
4079                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4080                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
4081                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4082
4083  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4084
4085  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4086                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4087                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4088                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4089                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4090                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4091                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4092                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4093                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4094
4095  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4096                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4097                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4098                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4099                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4100                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4101                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4102                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4103                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4104
4105  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4106                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4107                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4108                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4109                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
4110                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4111
4112  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4113  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4114  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4115  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4116  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4117  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4118
4119  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4120    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4121                                          : SourceLocation());
4122  }
4123  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4124                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4125                                 bool IsConstexpr = false);
4126  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4127
4128  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4129  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4130
4131  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4132  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4133                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
4134  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4135  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4136  bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4137
4138  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4139  ///
4140  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4141  ///
4142  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4143  ///
4144  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4145  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4146  ///
4147  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4148  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4149                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4150
4151  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4152  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4153
4154  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4155                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4156                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
4157                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
4158
4159  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4160                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4161                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4162                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4163                                   QualType ObjectType,
4164                                   bool EnteringContext,
4165                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4166                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4167                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
4168
4169  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4170  ///
4171  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4172  ///
4173  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4174  ///
4175  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4176  ///
4177  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4178  ///
4179  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4180  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4181  ///
4182  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4183  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4184  ///
4185  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4186  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4187  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4188  /// including this new type).
4189  ///
4190  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4191  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4192                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4193                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4194                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4195                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4196                                   bool EnteringContext,
4197                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4198
4199  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4200
4201  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4202                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4203                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4204
4205  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4206                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4207                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4208                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4209                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4210                                 bool EnteringContext);
4211
4212  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4213  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4214  ///
4215  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4216  ///
4217  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4218  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4219  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4220  /// including this new type).
4221  ///
4222  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4223  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4224  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4225  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4226  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4227  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4228  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4229  ///
4230  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4231  /// nested-name-specifier.
4232  ///
4233  ///
4234  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4235  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4236                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4237                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4238                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4239                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4240                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4241                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4242                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4243                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4244                                   bool EnteringContext);
4245
4246  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4247  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4248  /// nested-name-specifier.
4249  ///
4250  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4251  ///
4252  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4253  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4254  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4255
4256  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4257  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4258  ///
4259  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4260  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4261  ///
4262  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4263  ///
4264  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4265  /// of the annotation pointer.
4266  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4267                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4268                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4269
4270  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4271
4272  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4273  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4274  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4275  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4276  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4277  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4278  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4279
4280  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4281  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4282  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4283  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4284  /// defining scope.
4285  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4286
4287  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4288  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4289  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4290  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4291  /// class X.
4292  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4293
4294  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4295  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4296  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4297
4298  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4299  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4300                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4301                                         bool KnownDependent);
4302
4303  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4304  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4305                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4306                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4307                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4308                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4309
4310  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4311  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4312                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4313                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4314                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4315                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4316                                          bool Mutable);
4317
4318  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4319  /// given lambda.
4320  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4321
4322  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4323  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4324
4325  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4326  /// statements present in the body.
4327  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4328
4329  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4330  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4331  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4332  /// lambda.
4333  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4334                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4335
4336  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4337  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4338  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4339                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4340
4341  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4342  /// was successfully completed.
4343  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4344                             Scope *CurScope,
4345                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4346
4347  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4348  /// function pointer.
4349  ///
4350  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4351  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4352  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4353  /// block pointer conversion.
4354  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4355         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4356
4357  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4358  /// block pointer.
4359  ///
4360  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4361  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4362  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4363  /// block pointer conversion.
4364  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4365                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4366
4367  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4368                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4369                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4370                                           Expr *Src);
4371
4372  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4373  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4374                                    Expr **Strings,
4375                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4376
4377  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4378
4379  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4380  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4381  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4382  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4383  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4384                                  bool Value);
4385  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4386
4387  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4388  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4389  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4390  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4391  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4392  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4393
4394  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4395                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4396                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4397                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4398
4399  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4400                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4401                                        unsigned NumElements);
4402
4403  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4404                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4405                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4406  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4407                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4408                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4409
4410  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4411                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4412                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4413                                       ParsedType Ty,
4414                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4415
4416  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4417  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4418                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4419                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4420                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4421                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4422
4423  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4424  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4425                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4426                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4427                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4428                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4429                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4430
4431  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4432  // C++ Declarations
4433  //
4434  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4435                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4436                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4437                                       StringRef Lang,
4438                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4439  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4440                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4441                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4442
4443
4444  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4445  // C++ Classes
4446  //
4447  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4448                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4449
4450  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4451                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4452                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4453                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4454
4455  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4456                                 Declarator &D,
4457                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4458                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4459                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4460  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4461                                        Expr *Init);
4462
4463  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4464                                    Scope *S,
4465                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4466                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4467                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4468                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4469                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4470                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4471                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4472                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4473                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4474
4475  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4476                                    Scope *S,
4477                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4478                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4479                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4480                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4481                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4482                                    Expr *InitList,
4483                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4484
4485  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4486                                    Scope *S,
4487                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4488                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4489                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4490                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4491                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4492                                    Expr *Init,
4493                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4494
4495  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4496                                       Expr *Init,
4497                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4498
4499  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4500                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4501                                     Expr *Init,
4502                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4503                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4504
4505  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4506                                           Expr *Init,
4507                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4508
4509  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4510                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4511
4512  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4513                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers =
4514                               ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>());
4515
4516  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4517
4518
4519  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4520  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4521  /// referenced.
4522  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4523                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4524
4525  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4526  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4527  /// first use occurred.
4528  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4529
4530  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4531  /// materialized.
4532  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4533
4534  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4535  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4536  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4537  /// by code generation).
4538  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4539
4540  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4541  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4542
4543  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4544                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4545    DynamicClassesType;
4546
4547  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4548  /// unit.
4549  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4550
4551  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4552  /// given location.
4553  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4554                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4555
4556  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4557  /// in the given class as needed.
4558  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4559                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4560
4561  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4562  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4563  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4564                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4565
4566  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4567  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4568  /// vtables.
4569  ///
4570  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4571  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4572
4573  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4574
4575  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4576                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4577                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4578                            bool AnyErrors);
4579
4580  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4581  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4582                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4583                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4584                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4585                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4586  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4587
4588  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4589  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4590  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4591  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4592  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4593  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4594  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4595  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4596  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
4597  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4598
4599  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4600                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4601                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4602                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4603  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4604                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4605                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4606                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4607                                     bool Failed);
4608
4609  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4610                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4611                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4612  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4613                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4614  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4615                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4616
4617  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4618                                      StorageClass& SC);
4619  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4620  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4621                                     StorageClass& SC);
4622  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4623  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4624                                 StorageClass& SC);
4625  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4626
4627  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4628  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4629                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
4630  void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4631
4632  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4633  // C++ Derived Classes
4634  //
4635
4636  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4637  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4638                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4639                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4640                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4641                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4642
4643  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4644                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4645                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4646                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4647                                ParsedType basetype,
4648                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4649                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4650
4651  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4652                            unsigned NumBases);
4653  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4654                           unsigned NumBases);
4655
4656  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4657  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4658
4659  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4660  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4661
4662  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4663
4664  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4665                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4666                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4667                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4668  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4669                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4670                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4671                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4672                                    DeclarationName Name,
4673                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4674
4675  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4676
4677  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4678                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4679
4680  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4681  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4682  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4683                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4684
4685  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4686  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4687  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4688                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4689
4690  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4691
4692  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4693  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
4694
4695  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4696  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4697  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4698  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4699                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4700
4701
4702  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4703  // C++ Access Control
4704  //
4705
4706  enum AccessResult {
4707    AR_accessible,
4708    AR_inaccessible,
4709    AR_dependent,
4710    AR_delayed
4711  };
4712
4713  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4714                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4715                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4716
4717  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4718                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4719  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4720                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4721  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4722                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4723                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4724                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4725                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4726  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4727                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4728                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4729                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4730                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4731  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4732                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4733                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4734                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4735                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4736  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4737                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4738                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4739                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4740  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4741  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4742                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4743                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4744                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4745  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4746                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4747  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4748                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4749                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4750                                    unsigned DiagID,
4751                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4752                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4753  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4754  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4755  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4756                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4757                                            QualType objectType);
4758
4759  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4760                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4761  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4762                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4763
4764  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4765
4766  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4767  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4768  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4769
4770  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4771    AbstractNone = -1,
4772    AbstractReturnType,
4773    AbstractParamType,
4774    AbstractVariableType,
4775    AbstractFieldType,
4776    AbstractIvarType,
4777    AbstractArrayType
4778  };
4779
4780  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4781                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4782  template<typename T1>
4783  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4784                              unsigned DiagID,
4785                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4786    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4787    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4788  }
4789
4790  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4791  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4792                              unsigned DiagID,
4793                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4794    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4795    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4796  }
4797
4798  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4799  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4800                              unsigned DiagID,
4801                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4802    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4803    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4804  }
4805
4806  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4807
4808  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4809                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4810
4811  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4812  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4813  //
4814
4815  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4816
4817  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4818
4819  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4820  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4821  //
4822  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4823                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4824  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4825                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4826
4827  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4828                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4829                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4830
4831  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4832                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4833                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4834                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4835                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4836                                  bool EnteringContext,
4837                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4838                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4839
4840  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4841                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4842                                   Scope *S,
4843                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4844                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4845                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4846
4847  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4848  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4849
4850  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4851                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4852                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4853                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4854                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4855                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4856                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4857                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4858
4859  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4860  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4861                                      unsigned Depth,
4862                                      unsigned Position,
4863                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4864                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4865  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4866                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4867                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4868                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4869                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4870                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4871                                       unsigned Depth,
4872                                       unsigned Position,
4873                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4874                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4875
4876  TemplateParameterList *
4877  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4878                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4879                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4880                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4881                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4882                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4883
4884  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
4885  /// list.
4886  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4887    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4888    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4889    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4890    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4891    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4892    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4893  };
4894
4895  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
4896                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
4897                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
4898  TemplateParameterList *
4899  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
4900                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4901                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4902                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
4903                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
4904                                          bool IsFriend,
4905                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
4906                                          bool &Invalid);
4907
4908  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4909                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4910                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4911                                AttributeList *Attr,
4912                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
4913                                AccessSpecifier AS,
4914                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4915                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
4916                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
4917
4918  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
4919                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
4920
4921  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
4922
4923  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
4924                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4925                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
4926
4927  TypeResult
4928  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4929                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4930                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4931                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4932                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4933                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
4934
4935  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
4936  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
4937  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
4938                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
4939                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
4940                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4941                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4942                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
4943                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4944                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4945                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
4946                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4947
4948
4949  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4950                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4951                                 LookupResult &R,
4952                                 bool RequiresADL,
4953                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4954
4955  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4956                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4957                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4958                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4959
4960  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
4961                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4962                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4963                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
4964                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
4965                                              bool EnteringContext,
4966                                              TemplateTy &Template);
4967
4968  DeclResult
4969  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4970                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4971                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4972                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4973                                   TemplateTy Template,
4974                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4975                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4976                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4977                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4978                                   AttributeList *Attr,
4979                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
4980
4981  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
4982                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4983                                Declarator &D);
4984
4985  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
4986                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4987                                        Declarator &D);
4988
4989  bool
4990  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
4991                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
4992                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
4993                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
4994                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
4995                                         bool &SuppressNew);
4996
4997  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4998                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4999                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
5000
5001  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5002                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5003                                           LookupResult &Previous);
5004  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5005
5006  DeclResult
5007  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5008                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5009                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5010                             unsigned TagSpec,
5011                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5012                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5013                             TemplateTy Template,
5014                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5015                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5016                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5017                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5018                             AttributeList *Attr);
5019
5020  DeclResult
5021  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5022                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5023                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5024                             unsigned TagSpec,
5025                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5026                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5027                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
5028                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
5029                             AttributeList *Attr);
5030
5031  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5032                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5033                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5034                                        Declarator &D);
5035
5036  TemplateArgumentLoc
5037  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5038                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5039                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5040                                          Decl *Param,
5041                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5042
5043  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5044  /// argument is being checked.
5045  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5046    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5047    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5048    CTAK_Specified,
5049
5050    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5051    /// deduction.
5052    CTAK_Deduced,
5053
5054    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5055    /// via template argument deduction.
5056    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5057  };
5058
5059  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5060                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5061                             NamedDecl *Template,
5062                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5063                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5064                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5065                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5066                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5067
5068  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5069  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5070  ///
5071  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5072  /// provided.
5073  ///
5074  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5075  ///
5076  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5077  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5078  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5079  /// arguments.
5080  ///
5081  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5082  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5083  /// set of template arguments.
5084  ///
5085  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5086  /// arguments.
5087  ///
5088  ///
5089  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
5090  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
5091  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
5092  ///
5093  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5094  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5095                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5096                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5097                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5098                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5099                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
5100
5101  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5102                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5103                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5104
5105  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5106                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5107  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5108                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5109                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
5110                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5111  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5112                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5113                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5114
5115  ExprResult
5116  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5117                                          QualType ParamType,
5118                                          SourceLocation Loc);
5119  ExprResult
5120  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5121                                              SourceLocation Loc);
5122
5123  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5124  /// for equality.
5125  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5126    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5127    /// that might be redeclarations.
5128    ///
5129    /// \code
5130    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5131    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5132    /// \endcode
5133    TPL_TemplateMatch,
5134
5135    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5136    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5137    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5138    ///
5139    /// \code
5140    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5141    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5142    /// \endcode
5143    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5144
5145    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5146    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5147    /// template parameter.
5148    ///
5149    /// \code
5150    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5151    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5152    /// X<integer_c> xic;
5153    /// \endcode
5154    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5155  };
5156
5157  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5158                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
5159                                      bool Complain,
5160                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5161                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5162                                        = SourceLocation());
5163
5164  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5165
5166  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5167  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5168  ///
5169  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5170  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5171  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5172  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5173  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5174  TypeResult
5175  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5176                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5177                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5178
5179  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5180  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5181  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5182  ///
5183  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5184  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5185  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5186  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5187  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5188  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5189  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5190  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5191  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5192  TypeResult
5193  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5194                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5195                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5196                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5197                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5198                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5199                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5200                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5201
5202  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5203                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5204                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5205                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5206                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5207
5208  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5209                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5210                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5211  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5212
5213  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5214  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5215                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5216
5217  std::string
5218  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5219                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5220
5221  std::string
5222  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5223                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5224                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5225
5226  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5227  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5228  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5229
5230  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5231  /// being diagnosed.
5232  ///
5233  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5234  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5235  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5236    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5237    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5238
5239    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5240    UPPC_BaseType,
5241
5242    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5243    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5244
5245    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5246    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5247
5248    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5249    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5250
5251    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5252    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5253
5254    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5255    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5256
5257    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5258    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5259
5260    /// \brief A using declaration.
5261    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5262
5263    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5264    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5265
5266    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5267    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5268
5269    /// \brief An initializer.
5270    UPPC_Initializer,
5271
5272    /// \brief A default argument.
5273    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5274
5275    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5276    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5277
5278    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5279    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5280
5281    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5282    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5283
5284    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5285    UPPC_IfExists,
5286
5287    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5288    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5289
5290    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5291    UPPC_Lambda,
5292
5293    /// \brief Block expression,
5294    UPPC_Block
5295};
5296
5297  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5298  ///
5299  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5300  ///
5301  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5302  /// parameter packs.
5303  ///
5304  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5305  ///
5306  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5307  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5308                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5309                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5310
5311  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5312  /// diagnose the error.
5313  ///
5314  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5315  ///
5316  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5317  /// packs.
5318  ///
5319  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5320  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5321                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5322
5323  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5324  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5325  ///
5326  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5327  /// parameter packs.
5328  ///
5329  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5330  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5331                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5332
5333  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5334  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5335  ///
5336  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5337  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5338  ///
5339  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5340  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5341                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5342
5343  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5344  /// diagnose the error.
5345  ///
5346  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5347  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5348  ///
5349  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5350  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5351                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5352
5353  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5354  /// diagnose the error.
5355  ///
5356  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5357  ///
5358  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5359  /// parameter packs.
5360  ///
5361  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5362  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5363                                       TemplateName Template,
5364                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5365
5366  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5367  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5368  ///
5369  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5370  /// parameter packs.
5371  ///
5372  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5373  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5374                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5375
5376  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5377  /// template argument.
5378  ///
5379  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5380  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5381  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5382                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5383
5384  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5385  /// template argument.
5386  ///
5387  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5388  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5389  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5390                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5391
5392  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5393  /// type.
5394  ///
5395  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5396  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5397  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5398                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5399
5400  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5401  /// type.
5402  ///
5403  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5404  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5405  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5406                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5407
5408  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5409  /// nested-name-specifier.
5410  ///
5411  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5412  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5413  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5414                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5415
5416  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5417  /// name.
5418  ///
5419  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5420  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5421  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5422                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5423
5424  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5425  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5426  ///
5427  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5428  /// may already be invalid.
5429  ///
5430  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5431  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5432                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5433
5434  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5435  /// creates a pack expansion.
5436  ///
5437  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5438  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5439  ///
5440  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5441  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5442
5443  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5444  /// expansion.
5445  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5446                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5447                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5448
5449  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5450  /// expansion.
5451  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5452                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5453                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5454                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5455
5456  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5457  /// creates a pack expansion.
5458  ///
5459  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5460  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5461  ///
5462  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5463  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5464
5465  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5466  /// creates a pack expansion.
5467  ///
5468  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5469  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5470  ///
5471  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5472  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5473                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5474
5475  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5476  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5477  /// transforming the pattern.
5478  ///
5479  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5480  /// pack expansion.
5481  ///
5482  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5483  /// the pack expansion.
5484  ///
5485  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5486  /// pattern.
5487  ///
5488  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5489  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5490  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5491  ///
5492  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5493  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5494  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5495  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5496  ///
5497  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5498  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5499  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5500  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5501  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5502  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5503  /// set this value in other cases.
5504  ///
5505  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5506  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5507  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5508  /// must be set.
5509  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5510                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5511                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5512                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5513                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5514                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5515                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5516
5517  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5518  /// type.
5519  ///
5520  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5521  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5522  ///
5523  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5524  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5525      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5526
5527  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5528  /// parameter packs.
5529  ///
5530  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5531  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5532  ///
5533  /// \code
5534  ///   void f(T...);
5535  /// \endcode
5536  ///
5537  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5538  /// a variadic function.
5539  ///
5540  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5541  /// false otherwise.
5542  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5543
5544  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5545  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5546  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5547
5548  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5549  ///
5550  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5551  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5552  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5553  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5554  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5555  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5556  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5557  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5558    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5559    TDK_Success = 0,
5560    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5561    TDK_Invalid,
5562    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5563    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5564    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5565    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5566    /// for every template parameter.
5567    TDK_Incomplete,
5568    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5569    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5570    TDK_Inconsistent,
5571    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5572    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5573    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5574    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5575    TDK_Underqualified,
5576    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5577    /// resulted in an error.
5578    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5579    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5580    /// corresponding component of the argument.
5581    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5582    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5583    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5584    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5585    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5586    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5587    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5588    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5589    /// template arguments for the given template.
5590    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5591    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5592    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5593    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5594    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5595    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5596  };
5597
5598  TemplateDeductionResult
5599  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5600                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5601                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5602
5603  TemplateDeductionResult
5604  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5605                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5606                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5607                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5608                                      QualType *FunctionType,
5609                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5610
5611  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5612  // deduction for a call.
5613  struct OriginalCallArg {
5614    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5615                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5616                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5617      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5618        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5619
5620    QualType OriginalParamType;
5621    unsigned ArgIdx;
5622    QualType OriginalArgType;
5623  };
5624
5625  TemplateDeductionResult
5626  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5627                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5628                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5629                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5630                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5631           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5632
5633  TemplateDeductionResult
5634  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5635                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5636                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5637                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5638                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5639
5640  TemplateDeductionResult
5641  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5642                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5643                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5644                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5645                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5646                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5647
5648  TemplateDeductionResult
5649  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5650                          QualType ToType,
5651                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5652                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5653
5654  TemplateDeductionResult
5655  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5656                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5657                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5658                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5659                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5660
5661  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5662  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5663    DAR_Succeeded,
5664    DAR_Failed,
5665    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5666  };
5667
5668  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5669                                  QualType &Result);
5670  QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
5671  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5672
5673  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5674                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5675                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5676                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5677                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5678  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
5679                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5680                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5681                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
5682                                           SourceLocation Loc,
5683                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5684                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5685                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5686                                        bool Complain = true,
5687                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
5688
5689  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5690  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5691                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5692                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5693                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5694
5695  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5696                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5697                                  unsigned Depth,
5698                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5699  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
5700                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5701                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5702    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5703  }
5704  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5705                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5706                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5707
5708  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5709  // C++ Template Instantiation
5710  //
5711
5712  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5713                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5714                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5715                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5716
5717  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5718  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5719    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5720    enum InstantiationKind {
5721      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5722      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5723      TemplateInstantiation,
5724
5725      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5726      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5727      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5728      /// arguments as specified.
5729      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5730      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5731
5732      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5733      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5734      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5735      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5736
5737      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5738      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5739      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5740
5741      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5742      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5743      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5744      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5745      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5746      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5747
5748      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5749      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5750      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5751      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5752
5753      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5754      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5755      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5756
5757      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5758      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5759      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5760    } Kind;
5761
5762    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5763    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5764
5765    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5766    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5767    /// arguments.
5768    NamedDecl *Template;
5769
5770    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5771    Decl *Entity;
5772
5773    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5774    /// are not part of the entity.
5775    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5776
5777    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5778    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5779
5780    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5781    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5782    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5783
5784    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5785    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5786    /// template instantiation.
5787    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5788
5789    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5790      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5791        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5792
5793    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5794    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5795    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5796
5797    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5798                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5799      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5800        return false;
5801
5802      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5803        return false;
5804
5805      switch (X.Kind) {
5806      case TemplateInstantiation:
5807      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5808        return true;
5809
5810      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5811      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5812        if (X.Template != Y.Template)
5813          return false;
5814
5815        // Fall through
5816
5817      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5818      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5819      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5820      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5821        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5822
5823      }
5824
5825      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5826    }
5827
5828    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5829                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5830      return !(X == Y);
5831    }
5832  };
5833
5834  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5835  ///
5836  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5837  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5838  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5839  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5840  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5841    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5842
5843  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
5844  /// template instantiation.
5845  ///
5846  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
5847  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
5848  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5849
5850  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
5851  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
5852  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
5853  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
5854
5855  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
5856  /// error or warning was produced.
5857  ///
5858  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
5859  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
5860  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
5861  /// to implement it anywhere else.
5862  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
5863
5864  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
5865  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
5866  ///
5867  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
5868  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
5869  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
5870  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
5871
5872  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
5873  /// within a \c Sema object.
5874  ///
5875  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
5876  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
5877    Sema &Self;
5878    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
5879
5880  public:
5881    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
5882      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
5883      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
5884    }
5885
5886    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
5887      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
5888    }
5889  };
5890
5891  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
5892
5893  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
5894  ///
5895  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
5896  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
5897  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
5898
5899  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
5900  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
5901  /// deduction.
5902  ///
5903  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
5904  llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
5905    SuppressedDiagnostics;
5906
5907  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
5908  /// instantiation.
5909  ///
5910  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
5911  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
5912  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
5913  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
5914  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
5915  ///
5916  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
5917  /// the stack.
5918  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
5919    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
5920    /// function template, or a member thereof.
5921    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5922                          Decl *Entity,
5923                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5924
5925    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
5926    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
5927    /// of a function template.
5928    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5929                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
5930                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5931
5932    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5933    /// template-id.
5934    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5935                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5936                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5937                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5938
5939    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5940    /// template-id.
5941    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5942                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5943                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5944                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
5945                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5946                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5947
5948    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
5949    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
5950    /// specialization.
5951    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5952                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
5953                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5954                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5955                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5956
5957    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5958                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
5959                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5960                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5961
5962    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
5963    /// non-type or template template parameter.
5964    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5965                          NamedDecl *Template,
5966                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5967                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5968                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5969
5970    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5971                          NamedDecl *Template,
5972                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5973                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5974                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5975
5976    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
5977    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
5978    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5979                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5980                          NamedDecl *Param,
5981                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5982                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5983
5984
5985    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
5986    void Clear();
5987
5988    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
5989
5990    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
5991    /// recursive template instantiations.
5992    operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
5993
5994  private:
5995    Sema &SemaRef;
5996    bool Invalid;
5997    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5998    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5999                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6000
6001    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6002
6003    InstantiatingTemplate&
6004    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6005  };
6006
6007  void PrintInstantiationStack();
6008
6009  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6010  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6011  /// errors.
6012  ///
6013  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6014  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6015  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6016  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6017  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6018
6019  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6020  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6021  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6022    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6023           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6024    return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6025  }
6026
6027  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6028  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6029  /// deduction.`
6030  class SFINAETrap {
6031    Sema &SemaRef;
6032    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6033    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6034    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6035
6036  public:
6037    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6038      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6039        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6040                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6041        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6042    {
6043      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6044        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6045      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6046    }
6047
6048    ~SFINAETrap() {
6049      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6050      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6051        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6052      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6053    }
6054
6055    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6056    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6057      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6058    }
6059  };
6060
6061  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6062  /// variables.
6063  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6064
6065  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6066  unsigned TyposCorrected;
6067
6068  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6069    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6070
6071  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6072  /// name lookup.
6073  ///
6074  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6075  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6076  /// string represents a keyword.
6077  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6078
6079  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6080  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6081
6082  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6083  ///
6084  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6085  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6086  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6087  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6088  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6089  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6090  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6091
6092  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6093  /// but have not yet been performed.
6094  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6095
6096  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6097  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6098  ///
6099  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6100  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6101  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6102  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6103  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6104
6105  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6106
6107  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6108                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6109                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6110
6111  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6112                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6113                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6114
6115  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6116                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6117                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6118
6119  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6120                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6121                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6122                                        DeclarationName Entity,
6123                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6124                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6125  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6126                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6127                                int indexAdjustment,
6128                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6129                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
6130  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6131                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6132                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6133                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6134                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
6135  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6136                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6137
6138  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6139  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6140  ///
6141  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6142  ///
6143  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6144  ///
6145  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6146  /// default arguments will be dropped.
6147  ///
6148  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6149  ///
6150  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6151  ///
6152  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6153  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6154                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6155                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6156
6157  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6158                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6159
6160  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6161                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6162
6163  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6164                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6165                       bool CXXDirectInit);
6166
6167  bool
6168  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6169                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6170                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6171
6172  bool
6173  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6174                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6175                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6176                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6177                   bool Complain = true);
6178
6179  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6180                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6181                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6182                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6183
6184  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6185    const Attr *TmplAttr;
6186    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6187    Decl *NewDecl;
6188
6189    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6190                              Decl *D)
6191      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6192    { }
6193  };
6194  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6195
6196  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6197                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6198                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6199                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6200
6201  bool
6202  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6203                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6204                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6205                           bool Complain = true);
6206
6207  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6208                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6209                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6210                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6211
6212  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6213                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6214                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6215                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6216
6217  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6218  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6219                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6220
6221  DeclarationNameInfo
6222  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6223                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6224  TemplateName
6225  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6226                    SourceLocation Loc,
6227                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6228  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6229             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6230             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6231
6232  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6233                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6234  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6235                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6236                                     bool Recursive = false,
6237                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6238  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6239                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6240                                     VarDecl *Var,
6241                                     bool Recursive = false,
6242                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6243
6244  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6245                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6246                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6247
6248  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6249                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6250  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6251                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6252
6253  // Objective-C declarations.
6254  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6255    OCK_None = -1,
6256    OCK_Interface = 0,
6257    OCK_Protocol,
6258    OCK_Category,
6259    OCK_ClassExtension,
6260    OCK_Implementation,
6261    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6262  };
6263  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6264
6265  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6266                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6267                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6268                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6269                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6270                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6271                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6272                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6273                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6274                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6275
6276  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6277                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6278                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6279                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6280
6281  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6282    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6283    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6284    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6285
6286  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6287                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6288                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6289                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6290                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6291                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6292                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6293
6294  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6295                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6296                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6297                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6298                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6299                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6300                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6301                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6302                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6303
6304  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6305                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6306                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6307                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6308                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6309
6310  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6311                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6312                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6313                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6314                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6315
6316  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6317                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6318
6319  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6320                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6321                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6322                                     unsigned NumElts);
6323
6324  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6325                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6326                                        unsigned NumElts,
6327                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6328
6329  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6330                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6331                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6332                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6333
6334  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6335  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6336  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6337  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6338                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6339                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6340                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6341
6342  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6343  /// setters and getters as needed.
6344  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6345  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6346  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6347  ///        in class extension.
6348  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6349  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6350                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6351                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6352                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6353
6354
6355  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6356                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6357                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6358
6359  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6360                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6361
6362  void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
6363                                         ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
6364
6365  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6366                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
6367                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
6368                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
6369
6370  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6371                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6372                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6373                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6374                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6375                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6376                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6377
6378  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6379                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6380                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6381                              bool ImplKind,
6382                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6383                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6384                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6385
6386  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6387    OSMK_None,
6388    OSMK_Alloc,
6389    OSMK_New,
6390    OSMK_Copy,
6391    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6392    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6393  };
6394
6395  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6396    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6397    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6398    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6399    // in this case.
6400    ParsedType Type;
6401    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6402
6403    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6404    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6405  };
6406
6407  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6408    Scope *S,
6409    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6410    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6411    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6412    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6413    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6414    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6415    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6416    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6417    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6418    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6419    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6420
6421  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6422                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6423                                              bool IsInstance);
6424  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6425                                           bool IsInstance);
6426
6427  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6428  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6429
6430  ExprResult
6431  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6432                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6433                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6434                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6435                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6436                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6437                            bool Super);
6438
6439  ExprResult
6440  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6441                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6442                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6443                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6444
6445  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6446
6447  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6448  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6449  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6450    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6451    ObjCSuperMessage,
6452    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6453    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6454    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6455    /// name.
6456    ObjCClassMessage
6457  };
6458
6459  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6460                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6461                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6462                                     bool IsSuper,
6463                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6464                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6465
6466  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6467                               Selector Sel,
6468                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6469                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6470                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6471                               MultiExprArg Args);
6472
6473  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6474                               QualType ReceiverType,
6475                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6476                               Selector Sel,
6477                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6478                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6479                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6480                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6481                               MultiExprArg Args,
6482                               bool isImplicit = false);
6483
6484  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6485                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6486                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6487                                       Selector Sel,
6488                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6489                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6490
6491  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6492                               ParsedType Receiver,
6493                               Selector Sel,
6494                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6495                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6496                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6497                               MultiExprArg Args);
6498
6499  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6500                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6501                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6502                                  Selector Sel,
6503                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6504                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6505                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6506                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6507                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6508                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6509
6510  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6511                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6512                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6513                                          Selector Sel,
6514                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6515                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6516
6517  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6518                                  Expr *Receiver,
6519                                  Selector Sel,
6520                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6521                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6522                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6523                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6524
6525  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6526                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6527                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6528                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6529                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6530
6531  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6532                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6533                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6534                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6535                                  ParsedType Type,
6536                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6537                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6538
6539  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6540
6541  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6542  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6543  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6544                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
6545
6546  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6547  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6548    RTC_Compatible,
6549    RTC_Incompatible,
6550    RTC_Unknown
6551  };
6552
6553  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6554                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6555                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6556
6557  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6558    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6559    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6560    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6561    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6562    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6563    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6564  };
6565
6566  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6567  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6568                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6569
6570  enum PragmaPackKind {
6571    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6572    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6573    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6574    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6575  };
6576
6577  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6578    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6579    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6580  };
6581
6582  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6583  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6584                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6585                       Expr *Alignment,
6586                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6587                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6588                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6589
6590  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6591  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6592
6593  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6594  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6595                         Scope *curScope,
6596                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6597
6598  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6599  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6600                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6601
6602  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6603                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6604  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6605
6606  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6607  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6608                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6609                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6610
6611  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6612  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6613  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6614                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6615                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6616                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6617                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6618
6619  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6620  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6621                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6622                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6623                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6624                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6625
6626  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6627  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6628  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6629
6630  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6631  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6632  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6633
6634  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6635  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6636
6637  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6638  void FreePackedContext();
6639
6640  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6641  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6642  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6643                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6644
6645  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6646  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6647  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6648
6649  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6650  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6651  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6652
6653  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6654  void FreeVisContext();
6655
6656  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6657  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6658  /// the appropriate attribute.
6659  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6660
6661  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6662  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6663                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6664  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6665                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6666
6667  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
6668
6669  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
6670  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
6671                        SourceLocation Loc,
6672                        Scope *CurScope,
6673                        ArrayRef<DeclarationNameInfo> IdList);
6674  /// \brief Build a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and check its correctness.
6675  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
6676                        SourceLocation Loc,
6677                        ArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *> VarList);
6678
6679  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6680  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6681    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6682    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6683    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6684    CCK_CStyleCast,
6685    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6686    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6687    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6688    CCK_OtherCast
6689  };
6690
6691  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6692  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6693  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6694  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6695                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6696                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6697                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6698                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6699
6700  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6701  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6702  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6703
6704  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6705  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6706  /// required.
6707  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6708
6709  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6710  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6711  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6712
6713  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6714  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6715  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6716
6717  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6718  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6719  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6720  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6721
6722  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6723  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6724  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6725  // type.
6726  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6727
6728  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6729  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6730  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6731  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6732
6733  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6734  enum VariadicCallType {
6735    VariadicFunction,
6736    VariadicBlock,
6737    VariadicMethod,
6738    VariadicConstructor,
6739    VariadicDoesNotApply
6740  };
6741
6742  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6743                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6744                                       Expr *Fn);
6745
6746  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
6747  // vararg function.
6748  enum VarArgKind {
6749    VAK_Valid,
6750    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
6751    VAK_Invalid
6752  };
6753
6754  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
6755  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
6756
6757  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
6758  /// form of call prototypes.
6759  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6760                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6761                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6762                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
6763                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6764                              SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
6765                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
6766                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
6767                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
6768
6769  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
6770  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
6771  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
6772                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
6773
6774  /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
6775  /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
6776  bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
6777
6778  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
6779  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
6780  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
6781  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
6782  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
6783  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6784                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
6785
6786  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
6787  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
6788  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
6789  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
6790  /// source and destination type.
6791  enum AssignConvertType {
6792    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
6793    Compatible,
6794
6795    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
6796    /// accept as an extension.
6797    PointerToInt,
6798
6799    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
6800    /// accept as an extension.
6801    IntToPointer,
6802
6803    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
6804    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
6805    FunctionVoidPointer,
6806
6807    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
6808    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
6809    IncompatiblePointer,
6810
6811    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
6812    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
6813    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
6814    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
6815    IncompatiblePointerSign,
6816
6817    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
6818    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
6819    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6820
6821    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
6822    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
6823    /// like address spaces.
6824    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6825
6826    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
6827    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
6828    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
6829    /// extension.
6830    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
6831
6832    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
6833    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
6834    IncompatibleVectors,
6835
6836    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
6837    /// pointer. We disallow this.
6838    IntToBlockPointer,
6839
6840    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
6841    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
6842    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
6843
6844    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
6845    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
6846    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
6847    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
6848
6849    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
6850    /// object with __weak qualifier.
6851    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
6852
6853    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
6854    /// represent it in the AST.
6855    Incompatible
6856  };
6857
6858  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
6859  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
6860  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
6861  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6862                                SourceLocation Loc,
6863                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6864                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
6865                                bool *Complained = 0);
6866
6867  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
6868  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
6869  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6870                              Expr *SrcExpr);
6871
6872  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
6873  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
6874  /// C99 6.5.16.
6875  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6876                                               QualType LHSType,
6877                                               QualType RHSType);
6878
6879  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
6880  /// RHS to the LHS type.
6881  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6882                                               ExprResult &RHS,
6883                                               CastKind &Kind);
6884
6885  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
6886  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
6887  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
6888  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6889                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
6890                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
6891
6892  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
6893  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
6894  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6895                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
6896
6897  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6898
6899  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6900
6901  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6902                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6903                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
6904  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6905                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6906                                       bool AllowExplicit,
6907                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
6908  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6909                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
6910                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6911                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
6912                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6913  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6914                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
6915                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6916                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6917
6918  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
6919  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
6920
6921  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
6922  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6923                           ExprResult &RHS);
6924  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
6925    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6926    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
6927  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6928    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
6929    bool IsDivide);
6930  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6931    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6932    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6933  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6934    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6935    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6936  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6937    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6938    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6939  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
6940    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6941    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6942  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
6943    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
6944                                bool isRelational);
6945  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
6946    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6947    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6948  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
6949    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
6950  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
6951  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
6952  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
6953  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
6954    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
6955
6956  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6957                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
6958  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6959                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
6960                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6961  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
6962  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
6963
6964  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
6965    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6966    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6967  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
6968    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
6969    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
6970  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
6971                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
6972  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
6973                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
6974                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
6975    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
6976    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
6977                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
6978    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
6979    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
6980    return Composite;
6981  }
6982
6983  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6984                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6985
6986  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
6987                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6988
6989  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
6990  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6991                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
6992  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
6993  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6994                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
6995  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6996                                      SourceLocation Loc);
6997
6998  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
6999  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
7000
7001  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
7002
7003  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
7004  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
7005  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
7006  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
7007    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
7008    /// reference binding is not possible.
7009    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
7010    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
7011    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
7012    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
7013    Ref_Related,
7014    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
7015    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
7016    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
7017    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
7018    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
7019    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
7020    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
7021    Ref_Compatible
7022  };
7023
7024  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7025                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
7026                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
7027                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
7028                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7029
7030  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7031                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7032                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7033
7034  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7035  /// given type.
7036  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7037
7038  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7039  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7040  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7041                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
7042
7043  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7044  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7045  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7046  // returns true if the cast is invalid
7047  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7048                       CastKind &Kind);
7049
7050  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7051  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7052  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7053  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7054  // returns the cast expr
7055  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7056                                CastKind &Kind);
7057
7058  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7059                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7060                                        Expr *CastExpr,
7061                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7062
7063  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7064
7065  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7066  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7067  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7068                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7069                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7070
7071  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7072  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7073
7074  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7075                                             QualType ExprType);
7076
7077  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7078  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7079  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7080  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7081  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7082
7083  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7084  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7085  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7086
7087  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7088  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7089  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7090
7091  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7092  /// \param Method - May be null.
7093  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7094  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7095  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7096                                 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel,
7097                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7098                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7099                                 bool isSuperMessage,
7100                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7101                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7102
7103  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7104  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7105  /// and the form of the message send.
7106  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7107                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7108                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7109
7110  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7111  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7112  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7113
7114  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7115  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7116  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7117  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7118
7119  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7120  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7121  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
7122  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
7123  ///
7124  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
7125  /// 'if' keyword.
7126  /// \return true iff there were any errors
7127  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
7128
7129  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7130                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7131
7132  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
7133  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
7134  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
7135
7136  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
7137  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
7138  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
7139
7140  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
7141  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
7142
7143  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
7144  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
7145  /// the specified diagnostic.
7146  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
7147                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
7148                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
7149
7150  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
7151  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
7152  /// in the global scope.
7153  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
7154
7155  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
7156  /// expression violations.
7157  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
7158  public:
7159    bool Suppress;
7160
7161    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
7162
7163    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
7164    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
7165    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
7166  };
7167
7168  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
7169  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
7170  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
7171  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7172                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
7173                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7174  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7175                                             unsigned DiagID,
7176                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7177  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
7178
7179  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
7180  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
7181  /// Returns false on success.
7182  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7183  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7184                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
7185                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
7186
7187  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7188    CFT_Device,
7189    CFT_Global,
7190    CFT_Host,
7191    CFT_HostDevice
7192  };
7193
7194  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7195
7196  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7197                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7198
7199  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7200    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7201                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7202  }
7203
7204  /// \name Code completion
7205  //@{
7206  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7207  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7208    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7209    PCC_Namespace,
7210    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7211    PCC_Class,
7212    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7213    /// or category.
7214    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7215    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7216    /// category implementation
7217    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7218    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7219    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7220    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7221    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7222    /// headers.
7223    PCC_Template,
7224    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7225    /// headers within a class.
7226    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7227    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7228    PCC_Expression,
7229    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7230    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7231    PCC_Statement,
7232    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7233    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7234    PCC_ForInit,
7235    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7236    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7237    PCC_Condition,
7238    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7239    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7240    /// in the grammar.
7241    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7242    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7243    PCC_Type,
7244    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7245    /// might also be a type cast.
7246    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7247    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7248    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7249    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7250  };
7251
7252  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7253  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7254                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7255  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7256                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7257                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7258
7259  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7260  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7261                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7262  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7263                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7264                                       bool IsArrow);
7265  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7266  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7267  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7268  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7269  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7270  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7271  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7272  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7273  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7274
7275  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7276                               bool EnteringContext);
7277  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7278  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7279  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7280  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7281  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7282  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
7283                                          CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
7284                                          unsigned NumInitializers);
7285  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7286                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7287
7288  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7289  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7290  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7291  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7292  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7293  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7294  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7295  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7296                                   bool IsParameter);
7297  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7298  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7299                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7300                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7301                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7302  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7303                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7304                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7305                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7306                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7307  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7308                                       IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7309                                       unsigned NumSelIdents,
7310                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7311                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7312  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7313                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7314  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7315                                IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7316                                unsigned NumSelIdents);
7317  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7318                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7319  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7320  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7321  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7322                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7323                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7324  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7325  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7326                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7327                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7328  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7329                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7330                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7331  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7332  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7333                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7334  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7335                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7336                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7337  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7338                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7339                                          bool AtParameterName,
7340                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7341                                          IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7342                                          unsigned NumSelIdents);
7343  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7344  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7345  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7346  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7347  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7348                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7349                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7350                                             unsigned Argument);
7351  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7352  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7353                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7354                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7355  //@}
7356
7357  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7358  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7359
7360public:
7361  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7362                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7363
7364private:
7365  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7366                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7367                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7368  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7369  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7370  // FunctionDeclaration.
7371  struct FormatStringInfo {
7372    unsigned FormatIdx;
7373    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7374    bool HasVAListArg;
7375  };
7376
7377  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7378                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7379  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7380                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7381  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7382                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
7383  bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7384                      const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7385  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7386                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7387                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7388                            SourceLocation Loc);
7389
7390  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7391                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7392                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7393                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7394
7395
7396  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7397
7398  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7399  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7400  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7401
7402  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7403  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7404  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7405
7406public:
7407  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7408  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7409
7410private:
7411  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7412  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7413  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7414  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7415  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7416                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7417  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7418                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7419
7420  enum FormatStringType {
7421    FST_Scanf,
7422    FST_Printf,
7423    FST_NSString,
7424    FST_Strftime,
7425    FST_Strfmon,
7426    FST_Kprintf,
7427    FST_Unknown
7428  };
7429  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7430
7431  enum StringLiteralCheckType {
7432    SLCT_NotALiteral,
7433    SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
7434    SLCT_CheckedLiteral
7435  };
7436
7437  StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
7438                                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7439                                               bool HasVAListArg,
7440                                               unsigned format_idx,
7441                                               unsigned firstDataArg,
7442                                               FormatStringType Type,
7443                                               VariadicCallType CallType,
7444                                               bool inFunctionCall = true);
7445
7446  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7447                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
7448                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7449                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7450                         VariadicCallType CallType);
7451
7452  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
7453                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7454                            bool IsCXXMember,
7455                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7456                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
7457  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7458                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7459                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7460                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7461                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
7462
7463  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7464                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7465                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7466
7467  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7468                               unsigned BId,
7469                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7470
7471  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7472                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7473
7474  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7475                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7476
7477  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7478                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7479  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7480  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7481  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
7482  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
7483
7484  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
7485  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
7486  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
7487                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
7488
7489  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7490                                   Expr *Init);
7491
7492public:
7493  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7494  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7495                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7496                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7497
7498  struct TypeTagData {
7499    TypeTagData() {}
7500
7501    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7502        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7503        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7504    {}
7505
7506    QualType Type;
7507
7508    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7509    /// layout-compatibility.
7510    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7511    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7512  };
7513
7514  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7515  /// identifies the magic value.
7516  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7517
7518private:
7519  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7520  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7521      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7522
7523  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7524  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7525  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7526                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7527
7528  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7529  ///
7530  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7531  Scope *CurScope;
7532
7533  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
7534
7535protected:
7536  friend class Parser;
7537  friend class InitializationSequence;
7538  friend class ASTReader;
7539  friend class ASTWriter;
7540
7541public:
7542  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7543  ///
7544  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7545  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7546  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7547  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7548  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7549  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7550  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7551
7552  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
7553
7554  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7555
7556  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7557    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7558  }
7559
7560  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7561
7562  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7563    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7564    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7565    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7566      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7567    return DC;
7568  }
7569};
7570
7571/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7572class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7573  Sema &Actions;
7574
7575public:
7576  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7577                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7578                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7579                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7580    : Actions(Actions) {
7581    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7582                                            IsDecltype);
7583  }
7584  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7585                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7586                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7587                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7588    : Actions(Actions) {
7589    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7590                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7591                                            IsDecltype);
7592  }
7593
7594  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7595    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7596  }
7597};
7598
7599}  // end namespace clang
7600
7601#endif
7602